blob: e77c1242e70b1ccf78bed03c0645b770f94eff52 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +000018#include "CGValue.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000019#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000020#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000021#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000022#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000025#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000028#include <algorithm> // std::sort
29
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000030using namespace clang;
31using namespace CodeGen;
32
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000033static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34 llvm::Value *Array,
35 llvm::Value *Value,
36 unsigned FirstIndex,
37 unsigned LastIndex) {
38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
David Blaikiefb901c7a2015-04-04 15:12:29 +000040 llvm::Value *Cell =
41 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000042 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
43 }
44}
45
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000047 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000048 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
49}
50
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000051ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
52
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000053static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000054 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000055 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
56 if (!RD)
57 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000058 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000059}
60
61static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000062 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000063 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
64 if (!RT)
65 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000066 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
67}
68
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +000069/// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
70/// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
71static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
72 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
73 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
74 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
75 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
76 return UD->field_begin()->getType();
77 }
78 }
79 return Ty;
80}
81
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000082CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
83 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000084}
85
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000086ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
87 return CGT.getContext();
88}
89
90llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
91 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
92}
93
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000094const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
95 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000096}
97
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000098const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
99 return CGT.getTarget();
100}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000101
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +0000102bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
103 return false;
104}
105
106bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
107 uint64_t Members) const {
108 return false;
109}
110
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +0000111bool ABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
112 return false;
113}
114
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000115void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000116 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000117 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000118 switch (TheKind) {
119 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000120 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000121 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000122 Ty->print(OS);
123 else
124 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000125 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000126 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000127 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000128 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000129 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000130 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000131 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000132 case InAlloca:
133 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
134 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000135 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000136 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000137 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000138 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000139 break;
140 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000141 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000142 break;
143 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000144 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000145}
146
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000147TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
148
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000149// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
150// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
151unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
152 // Verified for:
153 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
154 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
155 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
156 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000157 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000158 return 32;
159}
160
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000161bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
162 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000163 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
164 // x86_stdcall
165 // MIPS
166 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
167 return false;
168}
169
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000170void
171TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
172 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
173 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
174 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
175 // dynamic.
176 Opt = "-l";
177 Opt += Lib;
178}
179
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000180static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000181
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000182/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000183/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000184static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
185 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000186 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
187 return true;
188
189 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000190
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000191 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
192 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000193 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000194 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
195 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
196 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000197 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000198 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000199
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000200 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
201 if (!RT)
202 return false;
203
204 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
205 //
206 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
207 // current ABI.
208 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
209 return false;
210
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000211 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000212}
213
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000214/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000215/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
216/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000217static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000219 if (!RT)
220 return 0;
221 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
222 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
223 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000224
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000225 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000226 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000227 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
228 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000229 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000230
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000231 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
232 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000233 return false;
234 return true;
235}
236
237/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
238/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
239/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
240/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
241/// considered single element structs.
242///
243/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
244/// it exists.
245static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
Benjamin Kramer83b1bf32015-03-02 16:09:24 +0000246 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000247 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000248 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000249
250 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
251 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000252 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000253
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000254 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000255
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000256 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
257 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000258 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000259 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000260 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000261 continue;
262
263 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
264 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000265 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000266
267 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
268 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000269 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000270 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000271 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000272 }
273 }
274
275 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000276 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000277 QualType FT = FD->getType();
278
279 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000280 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000281 continue;
282
283 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
284 // struct.
285 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000286 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000287
288 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
289 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
290 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
291 break;
292 FT = AT->getElementType();
293 }
294
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000295 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000296 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
297 } else {
298 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
299 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000300 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000301 }
302 }
303
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000304 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
305 // padding beyond the element type.
306 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000307 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000308
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000309 return Found;
310}
311
312static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000313 // Treat complex types as the element type.
314 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
315 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
316
317 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
318 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
319 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000320 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000321 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000322 return false;
323
324 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
325 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
326}
327
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000328/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
329/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
330/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
331/// inhibiting optimizations.
332///
333// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
334// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
335// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
336// capable of handling it.
337static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
338 // We can only expand structure types.
339 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
340 if (!RT)
341 return false;
342
343 // We can only expand (C) structures.
344 //
345 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
346 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000347 if (!RD->isStruct())
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000348 return false;
349
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000350 // We try to expand CLike CXXRecordDecl.
351 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
352 if (!CXXRD->isCLike())
353 return false;
354 }
355
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000356 uint64_t Size = 0;
357
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000358 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000359 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
360 return false;
361
362 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
363 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
364 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
365 if (FD->isBitField())
366 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000367
368 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000369 }
370
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000371 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
372 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
373 return false;
374
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000375 return true;
376}
377
378namespace {
379/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
380/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
381/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
382/// conform to any particular ABI.
383class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000384public:
385 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000386
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000387 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
388 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000389
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000390 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000391 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
392 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000393 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
394 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000395 }
396
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000397 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
398 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000399};
400
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000401class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
402public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000403 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
404 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000405};
406
407llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
408 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000409 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000410}
411
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000412ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000413 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
414
415 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
416 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
417 // passed by value.
418 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
419 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
420
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000421 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000422 }
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000423
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000424 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
425 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
426 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000427
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000428 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
429 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000430}
431
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000432ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
433 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
434 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
435
436 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
437 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
438
439 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
440 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
441 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
442
443 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
444 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
445}
446
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000447//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
448// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000449//
450// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
451// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000452//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
453
454class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
455 public:
456 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
457
458 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000459 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000460
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000461 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
462 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
463 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000464};
465
466class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
467 public:
468 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
469 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
470};
471
472void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000473 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000474 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
475
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000476 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
477 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
478}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000479
480llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
481 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000482 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000483}
484
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000485/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
486ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000487 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000488 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000489 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000490 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000491 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
492 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000493 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000494 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
495 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
496 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000497 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000498
499 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
500 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000501}
502
503ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
504 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
505 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
506
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000507 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000508 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
509 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
510
511 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
512 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
513 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
514
515 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
516 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
517}
518
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000519/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
520bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
521 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000522 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
523 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
524 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
525}
526
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000527static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000528 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000529 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000530 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
531 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
532 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000533 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000534 }
535
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000536 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000537 }
538
539 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000540 return Ty;
541}
542
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000543/// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
544/// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
545static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
546 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
547 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
548 return true;
549 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
550 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
551 // registers specially.
552 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
553 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
554 return true;
555 }
556 return false;
557}
558
559/// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
560/// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
561static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
562 return NumMembers <= 4;
563}
564
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000565//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
566// X86-32 ABI Implementation
567//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000568
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000569/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
570struct CCState {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000571 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000572
573 unsigned CC;
574 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000575 unsigned FreeSSERegs;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000576};
577
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000578/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
579class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000580 enum Class {
581 Integer,
582 Float
583 };
584
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000585 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
586
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000587 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
588 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000589 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000590 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000591
592 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
593 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
594 }
595
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000596 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
597 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
598 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
599 }
600
601 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
602 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
603 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
604 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
605 }
606
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000607 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000608
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000609 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
610 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000611 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
612
613 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000614
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000615 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000616 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000617
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000618 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000619 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000620 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
621 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000622
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000623 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
624 /// inalloca.
625 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
626
627 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
628 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
629 QualType Type) const;
630
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000631public:
632
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000633 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
634 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
635 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000636
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000637 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000638 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000639 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000640 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000641};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000642
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000643class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
644public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000645 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000646 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
647 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000648
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000649 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
650 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
651
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +0000652 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000653 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000654
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000655 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000656 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000657 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000658 return 4;
659 }
660
661 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000662 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000663
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000664 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000665 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000666 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000667 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
668 }
669
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000670 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
671 std::string &Constraints,
672 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
673 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
674 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
675 std::string &AsmString,
676 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
677
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000678 llvm::Constant *
679 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000680 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
681 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
682 ('F' << 16) |
683 ('T' << 24);
684 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
685 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000686};
687
688}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000689
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000690/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
691/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
692/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
693/// mov $0, $1
694/// mov eax, $1
695/// The result will be:
696/// mov $0, $2
697/// mov eax, $2
698static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
699 unsigned NumNewOuts,
700 std::string &AsmString) {
701 std::string Buf;
702 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
703 size_t Pos = 0;
704 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
705 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
706 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
707 DollarStart = AsmString.size();
708 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
709 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
710 DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
711 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
712 Pos = DollarEnd;
713 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
714 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
715 // We have an operand reference.
716 size_t DigitStart = Pos;
717 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
718 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
719 DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
720 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
721 unsigned OperandIndex;
722 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
723 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
724 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
725 OS << OperandIndex;
726 } else {
727 OS << OperandStr;
728 }
729 Pos = DigitEnd;
730 }
731 }
732 AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
733}
734
735/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
736void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
737 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
738 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
739 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
740 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
741 unsigned NumOutputs) const {
742 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
743
744 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
745 // larger.
746 if (!Constraints.empty())
747 Constraints += ',';
748 if (RetWidth <= 32) {
749 Constraints += "={eax}";
750 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
751 } else {
752 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
753 Constraints += "=A";
754 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
755 }
756
757 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
758 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
759 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
760
761 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
762 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
763 CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
764 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
765
766 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
767}
768
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000769/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
770/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000771bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
772 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000773 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
774
775 // Type must be register sized.
776 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
777 return false;
778
779 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
780 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
781 // registers.
782 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
783 return false;
784
785 return true;
786 }
787
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000788 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
789 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000790 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000791 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000792 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000793 return true;
794
795 // Arrays are treated like records.
796 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000797 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000798
799 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000800 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000801 if (!RT) return false;
802
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000803 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
804
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000805 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
806 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000807 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000808 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000809 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000810 continue;
811
812 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000813 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000814 return false;
815 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000816 return true;
817}
818
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000819ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
820 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
821 // integer register.
822 if (State.FreeRegs) {
823 --State.FreeRegs;
824 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
825 }
826 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
827}
828
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +0000829ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
830 CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000831 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000832 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000833
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000834 const Type *Base = nullptr;
835 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
836 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
837 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
838 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
839 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
840 }
841
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000842 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000843 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000844 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000845 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000846
847 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
848 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
849 // backend will like.
850 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000851 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000852 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000853
854 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
855 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
856 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
857 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000858 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000859 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000860
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000861 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000862 }
863
864 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000865 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000866
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000867 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000868 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000869 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000870 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000871 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000872 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000873
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000874 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
875 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000876 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000877
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000878 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
879 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000880 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000881 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000882
883 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
884 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000885 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
886 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
887 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000888 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000889 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000890 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000891 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
892
893 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
894 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000895 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000896 }
897
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000898 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000899 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000900
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000901 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
902 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
903 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
904
905 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
906 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000907}
908
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000909static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
910 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
911}
912
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000913static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
914 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
915 if (!RT)
916 return 0;
917 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
918
919 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
920 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000921 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
922 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000923 return false;
924
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000925 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000926 QualType FT = i->getType();
927
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000928 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000929 return true;
930
931 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
932 return true;
933 }
934
935 return false;
936}
937
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000938unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
939 unsigned Align) const {
940 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
941 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000942 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000943 return 0; // Use default alignment.
944
945 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
946 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
947 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000948 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000949 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000950
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000951 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000952 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
953 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000954 return 16;
955
956 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000957}
958
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000959ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000960 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000961 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000962 if (State.FreeRegs) {
963 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000964 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
965 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000966 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000967 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000968
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000969 // Compute the byval alignment.
970 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
971 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
972 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000973 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000974
975 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
976 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000977 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
978 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000979}
980
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000981X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
982 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
983 if (!T)
984 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
985
986 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
987 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
988 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
989 return Float;
990 }
991 return Integer;
992}
993
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000994bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
995 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000996 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000997 Class C = classify(Ty);
998 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000999 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001000
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001001 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1002 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +00001003
1004 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
1005 return false;
1006
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001007 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
1008 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001009 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001010 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001011
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001012 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001013
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001014 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1015 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001016 if (Size > 32)
1017 return false;
1018
1019 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1020 return true;
1021
1022 if (Ty->isPointerType())
1023 return true;
1024
1025 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
1026 return true;
1027
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001028 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001029 NeedsPadding = true;
1030
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001031 return false;
1032 }
1033
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001034 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001035}
1036
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001037ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1038 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001039 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001040
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00001041 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1042
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001043 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1044 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1045 if (RT) {
1046 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1047 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1048 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1049 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1050 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1051 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1052 }
1053 }
1054
1055 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1056 // to other targets.
1057 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1058 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1059 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1060 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1061 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1062 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1063 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1064 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1065 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1066 }
1067 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1068 }
1069
1070 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1071 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001072 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001073 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001074 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001075
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001076 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001077 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001078 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001079 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001080
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +00001081 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +00001082 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001083 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1084
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001085 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1086 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1087 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001088 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001089 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +00001090 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001091 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1092 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1093 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00001094 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001095
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +00001096 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1097 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1098 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1099 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001100 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1101 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001102 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001103 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1104 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1105 PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001106
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001107 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001108 }
1109
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001110 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +00001111 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1112 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001113 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1114 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001115 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1116 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1117 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1118 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001119 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001120
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +00001121 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1122 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001123
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001124 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1125 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001126
1127
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001128 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1129 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001130
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001131 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001132 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001133
1134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1135 if (InReg)
1136 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1137 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1138 }
1139 if (InReg)
1140 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1141 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001142}
1143
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001144void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001145 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1146 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1147 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001148 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1149 State.FreeRegs = 2;
1150 State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1151 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001152 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001153 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001154 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001155
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001156 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001157 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001158 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1159 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1160 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1161 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1162 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1163 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1164 }
1165 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001166
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00001167 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1168 if (FI.isChainCall())
1169 ++State.FreeRegs;
1170
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001171 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00001172 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1173 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1174 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001175 }
1176
1177 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1178 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1179 if (UsedInAlloca)
1180 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1181}
1182
1183void
1184X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1185 unsigned &StackOffset,
1186 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001187 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1188 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1189 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1190 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1191
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001192 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
1193 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001194 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001195 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001196 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001197 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1198 assert(NumBytes);
1199 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1200 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1201 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1202 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001203}
1204
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001205static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1206 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1207 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1208 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1209 return true;
1210 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1211 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1212 return true;
1213 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1214 return false;
1215 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1216 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1217 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1218 if (Info.getInReg())
1219 return false;
1220 return true;
1221 }
1222 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1223}
1224
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001225void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1226 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1227
1228 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1229 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1230
1231 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001232 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1233
1234 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1235 bool IsThisCall =
1236 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1237 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1238 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1239 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1240 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1241 ++I;
1242 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001243
1244 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001245 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1246 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1247 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001248 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1249 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001250 }
1251
1252 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001253 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001254 ++I;
1255
1256 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1257 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001258 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1259 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001260 }
1261
1262 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1263 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001264}
1265
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001266llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1267 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001268 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001269
1270 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1271 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1272 "ap");
1273 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001274
1275 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1276 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1277 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1278 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1279 if (Align > 4) {
1280 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1281 llvm::Value *Offset =
1282 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1283 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1284 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1285 CGF.Int32Ty);
1286 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1287 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1288 Addr->getType(),
1289 "ap.cur.aligned");
1290 }
1291
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001292 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001293 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001294 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1295
1296 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001297 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001298 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001299 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001300 "ap.next");
1301 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1302
1303 return AddrTyped;
1304}
1305
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001306bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1307 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1308 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1309
1310 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1311 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1312 break;
1313 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1314 return false;
1315 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1316 return true;
1317 }
1318
1319 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1320 return true;
1321
1322 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001323 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1324 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1325 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1326 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001327 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Reid Kleckner2918fef2014-11-24 22:05:42 +00001328 return true;
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001329 default:
1330 return false;
1331 }
1332}
1333
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001334void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001335 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1336 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1337 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1338 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1339 // Get the LLVM function.
1340 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1341
1342 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001343 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001344 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001345 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1346 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1347 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1348 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001349 }
1350 }
1351}
1352
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001353bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1354 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1355 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1356 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001357
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001358 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001359
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001360 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1361 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1362 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001363 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001364
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001365 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001366 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1367 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1368 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001369 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001370 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001371
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001372 } else {
1373 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1374 // reason.
David Blaikiefb901c7a2015-04-04 15:12:29 +00001375 Builder.CreateStore(
1376 Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9));
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001377
1378 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1379 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1380 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001381 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001382 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1383 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001384
1385 return false;
1386}
1387
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001388//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1389// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1390//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1391
1392
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001393namespace {
1394/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1395class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1396 enum Class {
1397 Integer = 0,
1398 SSE,
1399 SSEUp,
1400 X87,
1401 X87Up,
1402 ComplexX87,
1403 NoClass,
1404 Memory
1405 };
1406
1407 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1408 ///
1409 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1410 /// classification \arg Field.
1411 ///
1412 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1413 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1414 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1415 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001416 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001417
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001418 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1419 ///
1420 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1421 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1422 ///
1423 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1424 /// the classification process.
1425 ///
1426 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1427 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1428 ///
1429 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1430 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1431 ///
1432 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1433
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001434 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1435 /// given type T should be passed.
1436 ///
1437 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1438 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1439 ///
1440 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1441 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1442 ///
1443 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1444 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1445 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1446 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001447 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1448 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1449 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001450 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1451 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1452 /// will be Memory.
1453 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001454 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001455 ///
1456 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1457 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001458 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1459 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001460
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001461 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001462 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1463 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1464 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1465 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1466 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1467 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001468
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001469 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001470 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001471 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001472
1473 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001474 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001475 ///
1476 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1477 /// available.
1478 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001479
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001480 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001481
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001482 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001483 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001484 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001485 unsigned &neededSSE,
1486 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001487
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001488 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1489
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001490 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1491 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1492 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1493 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1494 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1495 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001496 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001497 }
1498
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001499 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1500 // 64-bit hardware.
1501 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001502
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001503public:
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00001504 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) :
1505 ABIInfo(CGT),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001506 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001507 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001508
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001509 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1510 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001511 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001512 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1513 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001514 if (info.isDirect()) {
1515 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1516 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1517 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1518 }
1519 return false;
1520 }
1521
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001522 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001523
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001524 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1525 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001526
1527 bool has64BitPointers() const {
1528 return Has64BitPointers;
1529 }
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00001530
1531 bool hasAVX() const {
1532 return getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
1533 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001534};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001535
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001536/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001537class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1538
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001539 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1540 bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001541
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001542public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001543 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1544
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001545 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001546
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001547 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1548 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001549
1550 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1551 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1552 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1553 }
1554
1555 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1556 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1557 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1558 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1559 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001560};
1561
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001562class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1563public:
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00001564 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1565 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001566
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001567 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1568 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1569 }
1570
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001571 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001572 return 7;
1573 }
1574
1575 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001576 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001577 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001578
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001579 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1580 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001581 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001582 return false;
1583 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001584
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001585 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001586 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001587 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001588 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1589 }
1590
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001591 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001592 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001593 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1594 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001595 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001596 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1597 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1598 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001599 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001600 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001601 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1602 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1603 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1604 HasAVXType = true;
1605 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001606 }
1607 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001608
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001609 if (!HasAVXType)
1610 return true;
1611 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001612
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001613 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001614 }
1615
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001616 llvm::Constant *
1617 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001618 unsigned Sig;
1619 if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers())
1620 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1621 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1622 ('F' << 16) |
1623 ('T' << 24);
1624 else
1625 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1626 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
1627 ('F' << 16) |
1628 ('T' << 24);
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001629 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1630 }
1631
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001632 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00001633 return getABIInfo().hasAVX() ? 32 : 16;
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001634 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001635};
1636
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001637class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo {
1638public:
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00001639 PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1640 : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001641
1642 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00001643 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001644 Opt = "\01";
1645 Opt += Lib;
1646 }
1647};
1648
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001649static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001650 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix.
1651 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1652 // This matches the behavior of MSVC.
1653 bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos);
1654 std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : "";
1655 ArgStr += Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001656 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001657 ArgStr += ".lib";
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001658 ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : "";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001659 return ArgStr;
1660}
1661
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001662class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1663public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001664 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1665 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1666 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001667
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001668 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001669 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1670
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001671 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001672 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001673 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001674 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001675 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001676
1677 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1678 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001679 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001680 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001681 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001682};
1683
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001684static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
1685 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1686 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
1687 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1688 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
1689 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1690
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00001691 Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
1692 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001693 }
1694 }
1695}
1696
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001697void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001698 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1699 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001700 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001701
1702 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1703}
1704
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001705class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00001706 bool hasAVX() const { return getABIInfo().getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; }
1707
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001708public:
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00001709 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1710 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001711
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001712 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001713 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1714
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001715 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001716 return 7;
1717 }
1718
1719 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001720 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001721 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001722
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001723 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1724 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001725 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001726 return false;
1727 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001728
1729 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001730 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001731 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001732 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001733 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001734
1735 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1736 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001737 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001738 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001739 }
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001740
1741 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00001742 return hasAVX() ? 32 : 16;
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001743 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001744};
1745
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001746void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001747 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1748 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001749 TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001750
1751 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1752}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001753}
1754
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001755void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1756 Class &Hi) const {
1757 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1758 //
1759 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1760 // memory.
1761 //
1762 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1763 // memory.
1764 //
1765 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1766 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1767 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1768 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1769 //
1770 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1771 //
1772 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1773 // only with unions; for example:
1774 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1775 //
1776 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1777 //
1778 if (Hi == Memory)
1779 Lo = Memory;
1780 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1781 Lo = Memory;
1782 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1783 Lo = Memory;
1784 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1785 Hi = SSE;
1786}
1787
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001788X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001789 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1790 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1791 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1792 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1793 //
1794 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1795 //
1796 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1797 // the other class.
1798 //
1799 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1800 // class.
1801 //
1802 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1803 // INTEGER.
1804 //
1805 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1806 // MEMORY is used as class.
1807 //
1808 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1809
1810 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1811 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1812 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1813 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1814 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1815 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001816 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001817 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001818 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001819 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001820 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001821 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001822 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1823 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001824 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001825 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001826}
1827
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001828void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001829 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001830 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1831 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1832 // situations.
1833
1834 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1835 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1836 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1837
1838 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1839
1840 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1841 Current = Memory;
1842
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001843 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001844 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1845
1846 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1847 Current = NoClass;
1848 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1849 Lo = Integer;
1850 Hi = Integer;
1851 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1852 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001853 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1854 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001855 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001856 Current = SSE;
1857 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1858 Lo = X87;
1859 Hi = X87Up;
1860 }
1861 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1862 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001863 return;
1864 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001865
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001866 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001867 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001868 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001869 return;
1870 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001871
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001872 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001873 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001874 return;
1875 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001876
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001877 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001878 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
1879 if (Has64BitPointers) {
1880 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
1881 // Lo and Hi now.
1882 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1883 } else {
1884 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
1885 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
1886 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1887 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
1888 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
1889 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1890 } else {
1891 Current = Integer;
1892 }
1893 }
1894 } else {
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001895 Current = Integer;
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001896 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001897 return;
1898 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001899
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001900 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001901 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001902 if (Size == 32) {
1903 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1904 // float> as integer.
1905 Current = Integer;
1906
1907 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1908 // split.
1909 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1910 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1911 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1912 Hi = Lo;
1913 } else if (Size == 64) {
1914 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1915 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1916 return;
1917
1918 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001919 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001920 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1921 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1922 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001923 Current = Integer;
1924 else
1925 Current = SSE;
1926
1927 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1928 // split.
1929 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1930 Hi = Lo;
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00001931 } else if (Size == 128 || (hasAVX() && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001932 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1933 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1934 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1935 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1936 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1937 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1938 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001939 //
1940 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1941 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1942 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001943 Lo = SSE;
1944 Hi = SSEUp;
1945 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001946 return;
1947 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001948
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001949 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001950 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001951
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001952 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001953 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001954 if (Size <= 64)
1955 Current = Integer;
1956 else if (Size <= 128)
1957 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001958 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001959 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001960 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1961 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001962 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001963 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001964 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001965 Current = ComplexX87;
1966
1967 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1968 // should be split.
1969 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001970 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001971 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1972 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001973
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001974 return;
1975 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001976
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001977 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001978 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1979
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001980 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001981
1982 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001983 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1984 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001985 return;
1986
1987 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1988 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1989 //
1990 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001991 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001992 return;
1993
1994 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1995 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1996 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001997 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001998 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00001999
2000 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
2001 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2002 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2003 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
2004 return;
2005
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002006 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
2007 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002008 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002009 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2010 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2011 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2012 break;
2013 }
2014
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002015 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002016 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002017 return;
2018 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002019
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002020 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002021 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002022
2023 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002024 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2025 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002026 return;
2027
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002028 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
2029 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
2030 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002031 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002032 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002033
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002034 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2035
2036 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
2037 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2038 return;
2039
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002040 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002041
2042 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
2043 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002044
2045 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
2046 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002047 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2048 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002049 "Unexpected base class!");
2050 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002051 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002052
2053 // Classify this field.
2054 //
2055 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2056 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2057 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2058 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002059 uint64_t Offset =
2060 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002061 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002062 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2063 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2064 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2065 break;
2066 }
2067 }
2068
2069 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002070 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00002071 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002072 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002073 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2074 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2075
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002076 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2077 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002078 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002079 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2080 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2081 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2082 //
2083 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2084 Lo = Memory;
2085 return;
2086 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002087 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002088 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002089 Lo = Memory;
2090 return;
2091 }
2092
2093 // Classify this field.
2094 //
2095 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2096 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2097 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2098 // NO_CLASS.
2099 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2100
2101 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2102 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2103 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2104 if (BitField) {
2105 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2106 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2107 continue;
2108
2109 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00002110 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002111
2112 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2113 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00002114
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002115 if (EB_Lo) {
2116 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2117 FieldLo = NoClass;
2118 FieldHi = Integer;
2119 } else {
2120 FieldLo = Integer;
2121 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2122 }
2123 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002124 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002125 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2126 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2127 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2128 break;
2129 }
2130
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002131 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002132 }
2133}
2134
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002135ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002136 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2137 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00002138 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002139 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2140 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2141 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2142
2143 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2144 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2145 }
2146
2147 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2148}
2149
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002150bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2151 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2152 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00002153 unsigned LargestVector = hasAVX() ? 256 : 128;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002154 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2155 return true;
2156 }
2157
2158 return false;
2159}
2160
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002161ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2162 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002163 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2164 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002165 //
2166 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2167 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2168 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2169 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2170 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002171 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002172 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2173 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2174 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2175
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00002176 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2177 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002178 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002179
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002180 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002181 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002182
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002183 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2184 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2185 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002186
2187 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2188 // is important for good codegen.
2189 //
2190 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2191 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2192 //
2193 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2194 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2195 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2196 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2197 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2198 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2199 // might be inreg.
2200 //
2201 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2202 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2203 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2204 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2205 //
2206 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2207 // attributes. See PR12193.
2208 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2209 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2210
2211 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2212 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2213 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2214 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2215 Size));
2216 }
2217
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002218 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002219}
2220
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002221/// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM
2222/// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002223llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002224 // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like
2225 // vectors; strip them off if present.
2226 if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
2227 Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002228
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002229 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Andrea Di Biagioe7347c62015-06-02 19:34:40 +00002230 if(isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType))
2231 return IRType;
2232
2233 // We couldn't find the preferred IR vector type for 'Ty'.
2234 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2235 assert((Size == 128 || Size == 256) && "Invalid type found!");
2236
2237 // Return a LLVM IR vector type based on the size of 'Ty'.
2238 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()),
2239 Size / 64);
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002240}
2241
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002242/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2243/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2244/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2245/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2246/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2247///
2248/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2249static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2250 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2251 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2252 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2253 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2254 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2255 if (TySize <= StartBit)
2256 return true;
2257
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002258 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2259 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2260 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2261
2262 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2263 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2264 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2265 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2266 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002267
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002268 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2269 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2270 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2271 return false;
2272 }
2273 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2274 return true;
2275 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002276
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002277 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2278 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2279 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002280
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002281 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2282 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002283 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2284 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002285 "Unexpected base class!");
2286 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002287 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002288
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002289 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002290 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002291 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002292
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002293 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002294 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002295 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2296 return false;
2297 }
2298 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002299
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002300 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2301 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2302 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2303 // much.
2304 unsigned idx = 0;
2305 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2306 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2307 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002308
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002309 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2310 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2311
2312 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2313 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2314 Context))
2315 return false;
2316 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002317
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002318 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2319 // clean.
2320 return true;
2321 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002322
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002323 return false;
2324}
2325
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002326/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2327/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2328/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2329/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002330static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002331 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002332 // Base case if we find a float.
2333 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2334 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002335
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002336 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002337 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002338 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2339 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2340 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2341 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2342 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002343
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002344 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002345 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2346 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002347 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2348 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2349 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2350 }
2351
2352 return false;
2353}
2354
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002355
2356/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2357/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002358llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2359GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002360 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002361 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002362 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2363 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2364 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2365 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2366 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002367
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002368 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2369 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2370 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002371 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2372 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002373 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002374
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002375 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2376}
2377
2378
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002379/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2380/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2381/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2382/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002383/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2384/// etc).
2385///
2386/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2387/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2388/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2389///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002390/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002391/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2392///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002393llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2394GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002395 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002396 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2397 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2398 if (IROffset == 0) {
2399 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002400 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2401 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002402 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002403
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002404 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2405 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2406 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2407 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2408 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2409 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2410 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002411 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2412 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2413 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2414 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002415
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002416 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2417 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2418 return IRType;
2419 }
2420 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002421
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002422 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002423 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002424 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002425 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2426 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2427 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002428
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002429 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2430 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002431 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002432 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002433
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002434 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002435 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002436 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002437 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002438 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2439 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002440 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002441
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002442 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2443 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002444 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2445 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002446
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002447 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002448
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002449 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2450 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002451 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2452 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002453}
2454
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002455
2456/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2457/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2458/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2459/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2460/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002461static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002462GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002463 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002464 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2465 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2466 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2467 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2468 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2469 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
David Majnemered684072014-10-20 06:13:36 +00002470 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002471 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002472
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002473 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2474 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2475 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2476 // struct.
2477 if (HiStart != 8) {
2478 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2479 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2480 // Promote these to a larger type.
2481 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2482 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2483 else {
2484 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2485 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2486 }
2487 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002488
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002489 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002490
2491
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002492 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2493 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2494 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2495 return Result;
2496}
2497
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002498ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002499classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002500 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2501 // classification algorithm.
2502 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002503 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002504
2505 // Check some invariants.
2506 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002507 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2508
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002509 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002510 switch (Lo) {
2511 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002512 if (Hi == NoClass)
2513 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2514 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2515 // null.
2516 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2517 "Unknown missing lo part");
2518 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002519
2520 case SSEUp:
2521 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002522 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002523
2524 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2525 // hidden argument.
2526 case Memory:
2527 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2528
2529 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2530 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2531 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002532 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002533
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002534 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2535 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2536 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2537 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2538 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2539 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002540
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002541 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2542 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2543 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2544 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002545 break;
2546
2547 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2548 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2549 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002550 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002551 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002552
2553 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2554 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2555 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002556 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002557 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002558
2559 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2560 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2561 // %st1.
2562 case ComplexX87:
2563 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002564 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002565 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002566 nullptr);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002567 break;
2568 }
2569
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002570 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002571 switch (Hi) {
2572 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2573 // never occur as a hi class.
2574 case Memory:
2575 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002576 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002577
2578 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002579 case NoClass:
2580 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002581
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002582 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002583 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002584 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2585 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002586 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002587 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002588 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002589 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2590 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002591 break;
2592
2593 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002594 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2595 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002596 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002597 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002598 case SSEUp:
2599 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002600 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002601 break;
2602
2603 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2604 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2605 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002606 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002607 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002608 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002609 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002610 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002611 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002612 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2613 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002614 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002615 break;
2616 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002617
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002618 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002619 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2620 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002621 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002622 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002623
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002624 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002625}
2626
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002627ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002628 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2629 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002630 const
2631{
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00002632 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2633
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002634 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002635 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002636
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002637 // Check some invariants.
2638 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2639 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002640 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2641
2642 neededInt = 0;
2643 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002644 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002645 switch (Lo) {
2646 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002647 if (Hi == NoClass)
2648 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2649 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2650 // null.
2651 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2652 "Unknown missing lo part");
2653 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002654
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002655 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2656 // on the stack.
2657 case Memory:
2658
2659 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2660 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2661 case X87:
2662 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002663 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002664 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002665 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002666
2667 case SSEUp:
2668 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002669 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002670
2671 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2672 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2673 // and %r9 is used.
2674 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002675 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002676
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002677 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002678 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002679
2680 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2681 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2682 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2683 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2684 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2685 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002686
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002687 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2688 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2689 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2690 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002691
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002692 break;
2693
2694 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2695 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2696 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002697 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002698 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002699 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002700 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002701 break;
2702 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002703 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002704
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002705 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002706 switch (Hi) {
2707 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002708 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002709 // which is passed in memory.
2710 case Memory:
2711 case X87:
2712 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002713 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002714
2715 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002716
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002717 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002718 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002719 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002720 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002721
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002722 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2723 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002724 break;
2725
2726 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2727 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2728 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002729 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002730 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002731
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002732 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2733 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002734
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002735 ++neededSSE;
2736 break;
2737
2738 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2739 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002740 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002741 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002742 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002743 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002744 break;
2745 }
2746
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002747 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2748 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2749 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2750 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002751 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002752
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002753 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002754}
2755
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002756void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002757
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002758 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2759 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002760
2761 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002762 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002763
2764 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2765 // integer register.
2766 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2767 --freeIntRegs;
2768
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00002769 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
2770 if (FI.isChainCall())
2771 ++freeIntRegs;
2772
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002773 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002774 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2775 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002776 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002777 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002778 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2779 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002780
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002781 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002782 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002783 neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002784
2785 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2786 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2787 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2788 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002789 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002790 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2791 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2792 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002793 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002794 }
2795 }
2796}
2797
2798static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2799 QualType Ty,
2800 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00002801 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
2802 nullptr, VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002803 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2804 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2805
2806 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2807 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002808 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2809 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002810 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2811 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002812 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002813 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002814 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002815 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2816 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002817 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002818 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002819 overflow_arg_area =
2820 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2821 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2822 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2823 }
2824
2825 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002826 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002827 llvm::Value *Res =
2828 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002829 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002830
2831 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2832 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2833 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2834 // an 8 byte boundary.
2835
2836 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002837 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002838 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002839 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2840 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2841 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2842
2843 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2844 return Res;
2845}
2846
2847llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2848 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2849 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2850 // struct {
2851 // i32 gp_offset;
2852 // i32 fp_offset;
2853 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2854 // i8* reg_save_area;
2855 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002856 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002857
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002858 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00002859 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002860 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002861
2862 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2863 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2864 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2865 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2866
2867 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2868 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2869 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2870
2871 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2872 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2873 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2874 //
2875 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2876 // register save space).
2877
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002878 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2879 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2880 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002881 if (neededInt) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002882 gp_offset_p =
2883 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002884 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002885 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2886 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002887 }
2888
2889 if (neededSSE) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002890 fp_offset_p =
2891 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002892 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2893 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002894 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2895 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002896 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2897 }
2898
2899 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2900 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2901 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2902 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2903
2904 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2905
2906 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2907
2908 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2909 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2910 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2911 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2912 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2913 //
2914 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2915 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2916 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2917 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002918 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002919 llvm::Value *RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
2920 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3), "reg_save_area");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002921 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2922 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002923 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002924 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002925 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2926 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002927 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002928 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2929 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002930 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002931 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002932 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2933 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002934 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2935 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002936 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2937 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002938 llvm::Value *V =
2939 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002940 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 0));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002941 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002942 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 1));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002943
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002944 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002945 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002946 } else if (neededInt) {
2947 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2948 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002949 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002950
2951 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2952 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2953 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2954 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2955 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2956 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002957 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2958 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2959 RegAddr = Tmp;
2960 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002961 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2962 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2963 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2964 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002965 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002966 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2967 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2968 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2969 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002970 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002971 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002972 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002973 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002974 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002975 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2976 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002977 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2978 DblPtrTy));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002979 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 0));
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002980 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2981 DblPtrTy));
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00002982 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ST, Tmp, 1));
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002983 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2984 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002985 }
2986
2987 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2988 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2989 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2990 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002991 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002992 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2993 gp_offset_p);
2994 }
2995 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002996 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002997 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2998 fp_offset_p);
2999 }
3000 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3001
3002 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
3003
3004 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
3005 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3006
3007 // Return the appropriate result.
3008
3009 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00003010 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003011 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003012 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
3013 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003014 return ResAddr;
3015}
3016
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003017ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
3018 bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003019
3020 if (Ty->isVoidType())
3021 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3022
3023 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3024 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3025
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003026 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
3027 uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
3028 unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity();
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003029
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003030 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
3031 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003032 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003033 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003034 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3035 }
3036
3037 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003038 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3039
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003040 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003041 if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003042 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003043 Width));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003044 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003045
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003046 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3047 // other targets.
3048 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3049 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3050 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3051 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3052 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3053 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3054 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3055 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3056 }
3057 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3058 }
3059
3060
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00003061 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00003062 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3063 // directly.
3064 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3065 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3066 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003067 }
3068
Michael Kuperstein4f818702015-02-24 09:35:58 +00003069 if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003070 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3071 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003072 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003073 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003074
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003075 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003076 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003077 }
3078
Julien Lerouge10dcff82014-08-27 00:36:55 +00003079 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3080 // extended.
3081 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3082 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
Julien Lerougee8d34fa2014-08-26 22:11:53 +00003083 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3084
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003085 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3086}
3087
3088void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003089 bool IsVectorCall =
3090 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00003091
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003092 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3093 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3094 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3095 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3096
3097 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3098 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003099 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003100 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003101}
3102
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003103llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3104 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003105 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003106
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003107 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3108 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
3109 "ap");
3110 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3111 llvm::Type *PTy =
3112 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3113 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3114
3115 uint64_t Offset =
3116 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
3117 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3118 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
3119 "ap.next");
3120 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3121
3122 return AddrTyped;
3123}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003124
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003125// PowerPC-32
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003126namespace {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003127/// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3128class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003129public:
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003130 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
3131
3132 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3133 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3134};
3135
3136class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3137public:
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003138 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
3139 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003140
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003141 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003142 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3143 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3144 }
3145
3146 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003147 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003148
3149 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3150 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3151 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003152};
3153
3154}
3155
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003156llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3157 QualType Ty,
3158 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3159 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3160 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3161 (void)CTy;
3162 return nullptr;
3163 }
3164
3165 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003166 bool isInt =
3167 Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003168 llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3169 llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3170
3171 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3172 llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr");
3173 llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003174 llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt =
3175 Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003176 llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003177 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt =
3178 Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3));
3179 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr =
3180 Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3181 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt =
3182 Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4));
3183 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr =
3184 Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003185 llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr");
3186 // Align GPR when TY is i64.
3187 if (isI64) {
3188 llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3189 llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1));
3190 llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3191 GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR);
3192 }
3193 llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr");
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003194 llvm::Value *OverflowArea =
3195 Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area");
3196 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt =
3197 Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3198 llvm::Value *RegsaveArea =
3199 Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area");
3200 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt =
3201 Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003202
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003203 llvm::Value *CC =
3204 Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR, Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003205
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003206 llvm::Value *RegConstant =
3207 Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR, Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003208
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003209 llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(
3210 RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003211
3212 if (Ty->isFloatingType())
3213 OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32));
3214
3215 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3216 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3217 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3218
3219 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3220
3221 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3222
3223 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3224 llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy);
3225 // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes.
3226 if (isInt) {
3227 GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1));
3228 Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr);
3229 } else {
3230 FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3231 Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr);
3232 }
3233 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3234
3235 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
3236
3237 // Increase the overflow area.
3238 llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003239 OverflowAreaAsInt =
3240 Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3241 Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr),
3242 OverflowAreaPtr);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003243 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3244
3245 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3246
3247 llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3248 Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs);
3249 Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow);
3250
3251 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003252 llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003253 return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr");
3254 }
3255
3256 return Result;
3257}
3258
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003259bool
3260PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3261 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3262 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3263 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3264
3265 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003266
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003267 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003268 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3269 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3270 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3271
3272 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003273 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003274
3275 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003276 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003277
3278 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3279 // 64: mq
3280 // 65: lr
3281 // 66: ctr
3282 // 67: ap
3283 // 68-75 cr0-7
3284 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003285 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003286
3287 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003288 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003289
3290 // 109: vrsave
3291 // 110: vscr
3292 // 111: spe_acc
3293 // 112: spefscr
3294 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003295 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003296
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003297 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003298}
3299
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003300// PowerPC-64
3301
3302namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003303/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3304class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003305public:
3306 enum ABIKind {
3307 ELFv1 = 0,
3308 ELFv2
3309 };
3310
3311private:
3312 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3313 ABIKind Kind;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003314 bool HasQPX;
3315
3316 // A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and
3317 // will be passed in a QPX register.
3318 bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const {
3319 if (!HasQPX)
3320 return false;
3321
3322 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3323 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3324 if (NumElements == 1)
3325 return false;
3326
3327 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) {
3328 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256)
3329 return true;
3330 } else if (VT->getElementType()->
3331 isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3332 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128)
3333 return true;
3334 }
3335 }
3336
3337 return false;
3338 }
3339
3340 bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const {
3341 return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr());
3342 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003343
3344public:
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003345 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3346 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003347
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003348 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003349 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty, bool &Align32) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003350
3351 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3352 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3353
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003354 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3355 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3356 uint64_t Members) const override;
3357
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003358 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3359 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3360 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3361 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3362 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3363 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003364 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003365 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3366 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003367 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003368 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3369 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00003370 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003371 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003372 if (T) {
3373 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003374 if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) ||
3375 (T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003376 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003377 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003378 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003379 continue;
3380 }
3381 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003382 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003383 }
3384 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003385
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003386 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3387 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003388};
3389
3390class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003391 bool HasQPX;
3392
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003393public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003394 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003395 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3396 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind, HasQPX)),
3397 HasQPX(HasQPX) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003398
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003399 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003400 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3401 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3402 }
3403
3404 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003405 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003406
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003407 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType QT) const override {
3408 if (HasQPX)
3409 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
3410 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
3411 return 32; // Natural alignment for QPX doubles.
3412
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003413 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors.
3414 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003415};
3416
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003417class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3418public:
3419 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3420
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003421 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003422 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3423 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3424 }
3425
3426 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003427 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003428
3429 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3430 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3431 }
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003432};
3433
3434}
3435
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003436// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3437// extended to 64 bits.
3438bool
3439PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3440 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3441 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3442 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3443
3444 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3445 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3446 return true;
3447
3448 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3449 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3450 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3451 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3452 case BuiltinType::Int:
3453 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3454 return true;
3455 default:
3456 break;
3457 }
3458
3459 return false;
3460}
3461
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003462/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3463/// alignment in the parameter area.
3464bool
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003465PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty, bool &Align32) const {
3466 Align32 = false;
3467
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003468 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3469 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3470 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3471
3472 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3473 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003474 if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
3475 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128)
3476 Align32 = true;
3477
3478 return true;
3479 } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003480 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003481 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003482
3483 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3484 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3485 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3486 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3487 if (EltType) {
3488 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003489 if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() &&
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003490 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3491 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3492 AlignAsType = EltType;
3493 }
3494
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003495 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3496 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3497 uint64_t Members = 0;
3498 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3499 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3500 AlignAsType = Base;
3501
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003502 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003503 if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) {
3504 if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128)
3505 Align32 = true;
3506
3507 return true;
3508 } else if (AlignAsType) {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003509 return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003510 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003511
3512 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3513 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003514 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) {
3515 if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256)
3516 Align32 = true;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003517 return true;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003518 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003519
3520 return false;
3521}
3522
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003523/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3524/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3525/// to the number of base elements.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003526bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3527 uint64_t &Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003528 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3529 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3530 if (NElements == 0)
3531 return false;
3532 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3533 return false;
3534 Members *= NElements;
3535 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3536 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3537 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3538 return false;
3539
3540 Members = 0;
Ulrich Weiganda094f042014-10-29 13:23:20 +00003541
3542 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3543 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3544 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3545 // Ignore empty records.
3546 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3547 continue;
3548
3549 uint64_t FldMembers;
3550 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3551 return false;
3552
3553 Members += FldMembers;
3554 }
3555 }
3556
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003557 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3558 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3559 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3560 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3561 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3562 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3563 return false;
3564 FT = AT->getElementType();
3565 }
3566 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3567 continue;
3568
3569 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3570 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3571 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3572 continue;
3573
3574 uint64_t FldMembers;
3575 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3576 return false;
3577
3578 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3579 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3580 }
3581
3582 if (!Base)
3583 return false;
3584
3585 // Ensure there is no padding.
3586 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3587 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3588 return false;
3589 } else {
3590 Members = 1;
3591 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3592 Members = 2;
3593 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3594 }
3595
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003596 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3597 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003598 return false;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003599
3600 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3601 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3602 // treated as being equivalent here.
3603 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3604 if (!Base)
3605 Base = TyPtr;
3606
3607 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3608 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3609 return false;
3610 }
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003611 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3612}
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003613
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003614bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3615 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3616 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3617 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3618 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3619 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3620 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3621 return true;
3622 }
3623 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003624 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty))
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003625 return true;
3626 }
3627 return false;
3628}
3629
3630bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3631 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003632 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3633 // or two registers depending on their size.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003634 uint32_t NumRegs =
3635 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003636
3637 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003638 return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003639}
3640
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003641ABIArgInfo
3642PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003643 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3644
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003645 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3646 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3647
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003648 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3649 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003650 if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003651 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3652 if (Size > 128)
3653 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3654 else if (Size < 128) {
3655 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3657 }
3658 }
3659
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003660 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003661 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003662 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003663
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003664 bool Align32;
3665 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty, Align32) ?
3666 (Align32 ? 32 : 16) : 8;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003667 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003668
3669 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3670 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3671 uint64_t Members = 0;
3672 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3673 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3674 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3675 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3676 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3677 }
3678
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003679 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3680 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3681 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3682 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3683 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3684 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3685 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3686
3687 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3688 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3689 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3690 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3691 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3692 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3693 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3694 else {
3695 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3696 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3697 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3698 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3699 }
3700
3701 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3702 }
3703
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003704 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003705 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3706 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003707 }
3708
3709 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3710 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3711}
3712
3713ABIArgInfo
3714PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3715 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3716 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3717
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00003718 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3719 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3720
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003721 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3722 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003723 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003724 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3725 if (Size > 128)
3726 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3727 else if (Size < 128) {
3728 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3729 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3730 }
3731 }
3732
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003733 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3734 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3735 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3736 uint64_t Members = 0;
3737 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3738 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3739 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3740 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3741 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3742 }
3743
3744 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3745 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3746 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3747 if (Bits == 0)
3748 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3749
3750 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3751 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3752 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00003753 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003754 } else
3755 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3756 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3757 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3758 }
3759
3760 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003761 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003762 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003763
3764 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3765 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3766}
3767
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003768// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3769llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3770 QualType Ty,
3771 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3772 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3773 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3774
3775 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3776 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3777 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3778
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003779 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003780 bool Align32;
3781 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty, Align32)) {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003782 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003783 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt,
3784 Builder.getInt64(Align32 ? 31 : 15));
3785 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt,
3786 Builder.getInt64(Align32 ? -32 : -16));
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003787 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3788 }
3789
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003790 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
3791 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3792 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
3793 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003794 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003795 QualType BaseTy;
3796 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3797
3798 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3799 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3800 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3801 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3802 SizeInBytes = 16;
3803 }
3804
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003805 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3806 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3807 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3808 "ap.next");
3809 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3810
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003811 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3812 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3813 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3814 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3815 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3816 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3817 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3818 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3819 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003820 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003821 RealAddr =
3822 Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3823 ImagAddr =
3824 Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003825 } else {
3826 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3827 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003828 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3829 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3830 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3831 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3832 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00003833 llvm::AllocaInst *Ptr =
3834 CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), "vacplx");
3835 llvm::Value *RealPtr =
3836 Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr->getAllocatedType(), Ptr, 0, ".real");
3837 llvm::Value *ImagPtr =
3838 Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr->getAllocatedType(), Ptr, 1, ".imag");
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003839 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3840 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3841 return Ptr;
3842 }
3843
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003844 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3845 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3846 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003847 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003848 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3849 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3850 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3851 }
3852
3853 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3854 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3855}
3856
3857static bool
3858PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3859 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003860 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3861 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3862
3863 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3864
3865 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3866 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3867 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3868 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3869
3870 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3871 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3872
3873 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3874 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3875
3876 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3877 // 64: mq
3878 // 65: lr
3879 // 66: ctr
3880 // 67: ap
3881 // 68-75 cr0-7
3882 // 76: xer
3883 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3884
3885 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3886 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3887
3888 // 109: vrsave
3889 // 110: vscr
3890 // 111: spe_acc
3891 // 112: spefscr
3892 // 113: sfp
3893 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3894
3895 return false;
3896}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003897
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003898bool
3899PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3900 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3901 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3902
3903 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3904}
3905
3906bool
3907PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3908 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3909
3910 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3911}
3912
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003913//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003914// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003915//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3916
3917namespace {
3918
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003919class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003920public:
3921 enum ABIKind {
3922 AAPCS = 0,
3923 DarwinPCS
3924 };
3925
3926private:
3927 ABIKind Kind;
3928
3929public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003930 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003931
3932private:
3933 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3934 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3935
3936 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003937 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003938 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3939 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3940 uint64_t Members) const override;
3941
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003942 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3943
David Blaikie1cbb9712014-11-14 19:09:44 +00003944 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003945 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3946 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003947
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003948 for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
3949 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003950 }
3951
3952 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3953 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3954
3955 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3956 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3957
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003958 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3959 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003960 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3961 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3962 }
3963};
3964
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003965class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003966public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003967 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3968 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003969
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003970 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003971 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3972 }
3973
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003974 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3975 return 31;
3976 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003977
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00003978 bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003979};
3980}
3981
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003982ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003983 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3984
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003985 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3986 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3987 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3988 if (Size <= 32) {
3989 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003990 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3991 }
3992 if (Size == 64) {
3993 llvm::Type *ResType =
3994 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003995 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3996 }
3997 if (Size == 128) {
3998 llvm::Type *ResType =
3999 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004000 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4001 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004002 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4003 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004004
4005 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4006 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4007 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4008 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4009
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004010 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4011 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4012 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4013 }
4014
4015 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
4016 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004017 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004018 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004019 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004020 }
4021
4022 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
4023 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
4024 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4025 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
4026 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4027
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004028 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4029 }
4030
4031 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004032 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004033 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004034 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004035 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
4036 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004037 }
4038
4039 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
4040 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4041 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004042 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004043 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004044
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004045 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4046 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004047 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004048 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4049 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4050 }
4051 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4052 }
4053
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004054 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4055}
4056
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004057ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004058 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4059 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4060
4061 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4062 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
4063 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4064
4065 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4066 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4067 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4068 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4069
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00004070 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4071 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4072 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004073 }
4074
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004075 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4076 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4077
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004078 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004079 uint64_t Members = 0;
4080 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004081 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
4082 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4083
4084 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
4085 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4086 if (Size <= 128) {
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004087 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004088 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004089
4090 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4091 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
4092 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
4093 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4094 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4095 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004096 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4097 }
4098
4099 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4100}
4101
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004102/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
4103bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004104 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4105 // Check whether VT is legal.
4106 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4107 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4108 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
4109 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
4110 return true;
4111 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
4112 }
4113 return false;
4114}
4115
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004116bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4117 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4118 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4119 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4120 // including __fp16.
4121 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4122 if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4123 return true;
4124 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4125 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4126 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4127 return true;
4128 }
4129 return false;
4130}
4131
4132bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4133 uint64_t Members) const {
4134 return Members <= 4;
4135}
4136
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004137llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4138 QualType Ty,
4139 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4140 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004141 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4142
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004143 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4144 if (IsIndirect)
4145 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4146 else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4147 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4148
4149 unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4150 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4151 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4152 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4153 }
4154 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4155
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004156 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4157 // Standard, section B.4:
4158 //
4159 // struct {
4160 // void *__stack;
4161 // void *__gr_top;
4162 // void *__vr_top;
4163 // int __gr_offs;
4164 // int __vr_offs;
4165 // };
4166
4167 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4168 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4169 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4170 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4171 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
4172
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004173 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004174 int reg_top_index;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004175 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4176 if (!IsFPR) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004177 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004178 reg_offs_p =
4179 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004180 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4181 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004182 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004183 } else {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004184 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004185 reg_offs_p =
4186 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004187 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4188 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004189 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004190 }
4191
4192 //=======================================
4193 // Find out where argument was passed
4194 //=======================================
4195
4196 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4197 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4198 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4199 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004200 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004201 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4202 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4203
4204 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4205
4206 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00004207 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004208 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4209
4210 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4211 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4212 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004213 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004214 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4215
4216 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4217 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4218 "align_regoffs");
4219 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4220 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4221 "aligned_regoffs");
4222 }
4223
4224 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004225 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004226 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4227 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4228 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4229
4230 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4231 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004232 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004233 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4234 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4235
4236 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4237
4238 //=======================================
4239 // Argument was in registers
4240 //=======================================
4241
4242 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4243 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4244 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4245
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004246 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004247 reg_top_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, reg_top_index,
4248 "reg_top_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004249 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
4250 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004251 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004252 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4253
4254 if (IsIndirect) {
4255 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4256 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4257 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4258 }
4259
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004260 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004261 uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4262 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004263 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004264 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4265 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4266 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4267 // contiguously.
4268 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
4269 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4270 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00004271 llvm::AllocaInst *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004272 int Offset = 0;
4273
4274 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
4275 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
4276 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
4277 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
4278 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
4279 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4280 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
4281 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004282 llvm::Value *StoreAddr =
4283 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp->getAllocatedType(), Tmp, i);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004284
4285 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4286 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4287 }
4288
4289 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
4290 } else {
4291 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
4292 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004293 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4294 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004295 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
4296 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4297 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4298
4299 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4300 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4301
4302 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4303 }
4304
4305 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
4306 }
4307
4308 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4309
4310 //=======================================
4311 // Argument was on the stack
4312 //=======================================
4313 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4314
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004315 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00004316 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004317 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
4318
4319 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
4320 // floating-point ones might be affected.
4321 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4322 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4323
4324 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4325
4326 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4327 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
4328 "align_stack");
4329 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4330 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
4331 "align_stack");
4332
4333 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4334 }
4335
4336 uint64_t StackSize;
4337 if (IsIndirect)
4338 StackSize = 8;
4339 else
4340 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4341
4342 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4343 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4344
4345 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4346 llvm::Value *NewStack =
4347 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4348
4349 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4350 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4351
4352 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4353 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4354 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4355 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4356
4357 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4358 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4359
4360 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4361 }
4362
4363 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4364
4365 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4366
4367 //=======================================
4368 // Tidy up
4369 //=======================================
4370 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4371
4372 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4373 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4374 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4375
4376 if (IsIndirect)
4377 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4378
4379 return ResAddr;
4380}
4381
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00004382llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4383 QualType Ty,
4384 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004385 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4386 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4387 // other cases.
4388 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004389 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004390
4391 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4392 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4393
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004394 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004395 uint64_t Members = 0;
4396 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004397
4398 bool isIndirect = false;
4399 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4400 // be passed indirectly.
4401 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4402 isIndirect = true;
4403 Size = 8;
4404 Align = 8;
4405 }
4406
4407 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4408 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4409
4410 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4411 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4412 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4413
4414 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4415 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4416 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4417 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4418 }
4419
4420 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4421 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4422 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4423 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4424 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4425 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4426 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4427 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4428 }
4429
4430 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4431 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4432 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4433 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4434
4435 if (isIndirect)
4436 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4437 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4438 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4439
4440 return AddrTyped;
4441}
4442
4443//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004444// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004445//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004446
4447namespace {
4448
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004449class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004450public:
4451 enum ABIKind {
4452 APCS = 0,
4453 AAPCS = 1,
4454 AAPCS_VFP
4455 };
4456
4457private:
4458 ABIKind Kind;
4459
4460public:
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004461 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) {
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004462 setCCs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004463 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004464
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004465 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004466 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4467 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4468 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004469 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004470 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004471 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004472 return true;
4473 default:
4474 return false;
4475 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004476 }
4477
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004478 bool isEABIHF() const {
4479 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4480 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4481 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4482 return true;
4483 default:
4484 return false;
4485 }
4486 }
4487
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004488 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4489
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004490private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004491 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004492 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004493 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004494
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004495 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4496 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4497 uint64_t Members) const override;
4498
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004499 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004500
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004501 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4502 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004503
4504 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4505 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004506 void setCCs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004507};
4508
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004509class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4510public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004511 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4512 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004513
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004514 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4515 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4516 }
4517
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004518 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004519 return 13;
4520 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004521
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004522 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004523 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4524 }
4525
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004526 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004527 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004528 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004529
4530 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004531 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004532 return false;
4533 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004534
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004535 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004536 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4537 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4538 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004539
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004540 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004541 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004542 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4543 if (!FD)
4544 return;
4545
4546 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4547 if (!Attr)
4548 return;
4549
4550 const char *Kind;
4551 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4552 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4553 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4554 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4555 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4556 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4557 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4558 }
4559
4560 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4561
4562 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4563
4564 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4565 return;
4566
4567 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4568 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4569 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4570 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4571 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4572 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4573 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4574 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4575 B));
4576 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004577};
4578
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004579class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo {
4580 void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4581 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const;
4582
4583public:
4584 WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4585 : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}
4586
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004587 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004588 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
4589};
4590
4591void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(
4592 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4593 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
4594 return;
4595 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096)
4596 return;
4597
4598 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4599 F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
4600 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
4601}
4602
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004603void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004604 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004605 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004606 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
4607}
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004608}
4609
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004610void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004611 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00004612 FI.getReturnInfo() =
4613 classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004614
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004615 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4616 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic());
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004617
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004618 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4619 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4620 return;
4621
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004622 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4623 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004624 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004625}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004626
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004627/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4628llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4629 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004630 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004631 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4632 else if (isEABI())
4633 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4634 else
4635 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4636}
4637
4638/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4639/// as the C calling convention.
4640llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004641 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004642 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4643 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4644 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004645 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004646 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4647}
4648
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004649void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004650 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4651
4652 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4653 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4654 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4655 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4656 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004657
4658 BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ?
4659 llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004660}
4661
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004662ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
4663 bool isVariadic) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004664 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4665 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4666 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4667 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4668 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4669 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4670 // to four Elements.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004671 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004672
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004673 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4674
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004675 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4676 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4677 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4678 if (Size <= 32) {
4679 llvm::Type *ResType =
4680 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004681 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004682 }
4683 if (Size == 64) {
4684 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4685 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004686 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004687 }
4688 if (Size == 128) {
4689 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4690 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004691 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004692 }
4693 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4694 }
4695
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004696 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004697 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004698 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004699 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004700 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004701
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004702 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4703 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004704 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004705
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004706 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004707 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004708 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004709
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004710 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004711 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004712 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4713
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004714 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004715 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4716 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004717 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004718 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004719 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004720 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004721 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004722 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004723 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004724 }
4725
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004726 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004727 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4728 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4729 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004730 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4731 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4732 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00004733 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004734 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00004735
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004736 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00004737 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004738 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004739 }
4740
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004741 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004742 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004743 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004744 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4745 // we can.
4746 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004747 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4748 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004749 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004750 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4751 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004752 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004753
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004754 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004755}
4756
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004757static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004758 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4759 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4760 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4761 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4762
4763 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4764
4765 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4766 if (Size > 32)
4767 return false;
4768
4769 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4770 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4771 return false;
4772
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004773 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4774 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4775 return false;
4776
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004777 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004778 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004779 return true;
4780
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004781 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4782 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4783 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004784
4785 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4786 // above, but they are not.
4787
4788 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4789 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4790 if (!RT) return false;
4791
4792 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4793 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4794 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4795 return false;
4796
4797 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4798 // like".
4799 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4800
4801 bool HadField = false;
4802 unsigned idx = 0;
4803 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4804 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004805 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004806
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004807 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4808 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4809 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4810 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4811 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4812 if (!RD->isUnion())
4813 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004814
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004815 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4816 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004817
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004818 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004819 }
4820
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004821 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4822 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4823 return false;
4824
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004825 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4826 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004827
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004828 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4829 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4830 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004831 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4832 if (HadField)
4833 return false;
4834
4835 HadField = true;
4836 }
4837 }
4838
4839 return true;
4840}
4841
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004842ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4843 bool isVariadic) const {
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004844 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004845
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004846 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004847 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004848
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004849 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004850 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004851 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004852 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004853
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004854 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004855 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4856 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4857 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4858
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004859 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4860 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004861 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004862
4863 // Are we following APCS?
4864 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004865 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004866 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4867
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004868 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4869 //
4870 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4871 // correctly.
4872 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004873 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4874 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004875
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004876 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004877 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004878 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004879 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004880 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004881 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004882 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004883 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4884 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004885 }
4886
4887 // Otherwise return in memory.
4888 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004889 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004890
4891 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4892
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004893 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004894 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4895
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004896 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004897 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004898 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004899 uint64_t Members;
4900 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004901 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004902 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004903 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004904 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004905 }
4906
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004907 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4908 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004909 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004910 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004911 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4912 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004913 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004914
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004915 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4916 if (Size <= 8)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004917 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004918 if (Size <= 16)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004919 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4920 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004921 }
4922
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004923 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004924}
4925
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004926/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4927bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4928 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4929 // Check whether VT is legal.
4930 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4931 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4932 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4933 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4934 return true;
4935 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4936 return Size <= 32;
4937 }
4938 return false;
4939}
4940
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004941bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4942 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4943 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4944 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4945 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
4946 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4947 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4948 return true;
4949 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4950 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4951 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4952 return true;
4953 }
4954 return false;
4955}
4956
4957bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4958 uint64_t Members) const {
4959 return Members <= 4;
4960}
4961
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004962llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004963 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004964 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4965 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004966
4967 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004968 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004969 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004970
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00004971 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4972 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4973 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4974 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4975 }
4976
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004977 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004978 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004979 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004980
4981 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4982 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004983 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4984 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4985 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4986 else
4987 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004988 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4989 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4990 IsIndirect = true;
4991 Size = 4;
4992 TyAlign = 4;
4993 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004994
4995 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004996 if (TyAlign > 4) {
4997 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4998 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4999 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
5000 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
5001 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005002 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005003 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005004
5005 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005006 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005007 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00005008 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005009 "ap.next");
5010 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5011
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005012 if (IsIndirect)
5013 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00005014 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005015 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
5016 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
5017 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
5018 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
5019 // than the ABI alignment.
5020 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
5021 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
5022 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
5023 "var.align");
5024 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
5025 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
5026 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
5027 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
5028 TyAlign, false);
5029 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
5030 }
5031 llvm::Type *PTy =
5032 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5033 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5034
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005035 return AddrTyped;
5036}
5037
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005038//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005039// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005040//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5041
5042namespace {
5043
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005044class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005045public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005046 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005047
5048 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5049 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5050
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005051 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5052 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5053 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005054};
5055
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005056class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005057public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005058 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5059 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005060
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005061 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005062 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005063private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005064 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5065 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5066 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005067};
5068
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005069ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005070 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5071 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005072
5073 // note: this is different from default ABI
5074 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5075 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5076
5077 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5078 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5079 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5080
5081 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5082 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005083}
5084
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005085ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005086 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5087 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5088 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005089
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005090 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5091 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5092 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true);
5093
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005094 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5095 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005096}
5097
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005098void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005099 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5100 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005101 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5102 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005103
5104 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5105 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5106 return;
5107
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00005108 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5109}
5110
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005111llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5112 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5113 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005114}
5115
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005116void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005117setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005118 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005119 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5120 if (!FD) return;
5121
5122 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5123
5124 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005125 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005126 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005127 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005128 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005129 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005130 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5131 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005132 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005133 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005134 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005135 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005136
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005137 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005138 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005139 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005140 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5141 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005142 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5143 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5144 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5145 }
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005146 if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005147 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005148 llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32);
5149 MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5150 if (MaxThreads > 0)
5151 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue());
5152
5153 // min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was
5154 // not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value,
5155 // we don't have to add a PTX directive.
5156 if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) {
5157 llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32);
5158 MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5159 if (MinBlocks > 0)
5160 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5161 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue());
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005162 }
5163 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005164 }
5165}
5166
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005167void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5168 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005169 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5170 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5171
5172 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5173 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5174
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005175 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5176 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5177 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5178 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005179 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5180 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5181}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005182}
5183
5184//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005185// SystemZ ABI Implementation
5186//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5187
5188namespace {
5189
5190class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005191 bool HasVector;
5192
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005193public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005194 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV)
5195 : ABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005196
5197 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5198 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005199 bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005200 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005201 QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005202
5203 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5204 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5205
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005206 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005207 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5208 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005209 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5210 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005211 }
5212
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005213 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5214 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005215};
5216
5217class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5218public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005219 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector)
5220 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT, HasVector)) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005221};
5222
5223}
5224
5225bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5226 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5227 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5228 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5229
5230 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5231 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5232 return true;
5233
5234 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5235 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5236 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5237 case BuiltinType::Int:
5238 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5239 return true;
5240 default:
5241 return false;
5242 }
5243 return false;
5244}
5245
5246bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005247 return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() ||
5248 Ty->isVectorType() ||
5249 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty));
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005250}
5251
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005252bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5253 return (HasVector &&
5254 Ty->isVectorType() &&
5255 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128);
5256}
5257
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005258bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5259 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5260 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5261 case BuiltinType::Float:
5262 case BuiltinType::Double:
5263 return true;
5264 default:
5265 return false;
5266 }
5267
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005268 return false;
5269}
5270
5271QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005272 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5273 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005274 QualType Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005275
5276 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5277 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005278 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5279 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005280
5281 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5282 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5283 continue;
5284
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005285 if (!Found.isNull())
5286 return Ty;
5287 Found = GetSingleElementType(Base);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005288 }
5289
5290 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005291 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005292 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005293 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5294 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005295 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5296 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5297 continue;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005298
5299 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005300 // Nested structures still do though.
5301 if (!Found.isNull())
5302 return Ty;
5303 Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType());
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005304 }
5305
5306 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5307 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005308 if (!Found.isNull())
5309 return Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005310 }
5311
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005312 return Ty;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005313}
5314
5315llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5316 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5317 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5318 // struct {
5319 // i64 __gpr;
5320 // i64 __fpr;
5321 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5322 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5323 // };
5324
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005325 // Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference
5326 // in either GPRs or FPRs. Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are
5327 // always passed on the stack.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005328 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005329 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
5330 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005331 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005332 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005333 bool InFPRs = false;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005334 bool IsVector = false;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005335 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5336 if (IsIndirect) {
5337 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5338 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005339 } else {
5340 if (AI.getCoerceToType())
5341 ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
5342 InFPRs = ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005343 IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005344 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005345 }
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005346 unsigned PaddedBitSize = (IsVector && UnpaddedBitSize > 64) ? 128 : 64;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005347 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5348
5349 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5350 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5351
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005352 llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty;
5353 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5354
5355 if (IsVector) {
5356 // Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack.
5357 // Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a
5358 // single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot.
5359 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5360 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 2,
5361 "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5362 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5363 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5364 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5365 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OverflowArgArea, APTy, "mem_addr");
5366
5367 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5368 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5369 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5370 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5371
5372 return MemAddr;
5373 }
5374
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005375 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5376 if (InFPRs) {
5377 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5378 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5379 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5380 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5381 } else {
5382 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5383 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5384 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5385 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5386 }
5387
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00005388 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5389 nullptr, VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005390 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005391 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5392 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005393 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005394
5395 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5396 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5397 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5398 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5399
5400 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5401 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5402
5403 // Work out the address of an argument register.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005404 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5405 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5406 llvm::Value *RegBase =
5407 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5408 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5409 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5410 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00005411 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005412 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5413 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5414 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5415 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5416 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5417 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5418
5419 // Update the register count
5420 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5421 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5422 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5423 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5424 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5425
5426 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5427 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5428
5429 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00005430 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5431 nullptr, VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005432 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5433 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5434 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5435 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5436 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5437 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5438 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5439
5440 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5441 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5442 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5443 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5444 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5445
5446 // Return the appropriate result.
5447 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5448 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5449 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5450 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5451
5452 if (IsIndirect)
5453 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5454
5455 return ResAddr;
5456}
5457
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005458ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5459 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5460 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005461 if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy))
5462 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005463 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5464 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5465 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5466 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5467}
5468
5469ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5470 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005471 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005472 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5473
5474 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5475 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5476 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5477
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005478 // Handle vector types and vector-like structure types. Note that
5479 // as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any
5480 // padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005481 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005482 QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty);
5483 if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) &&
5484 getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size)
5485 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy));
5486
5487 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005488 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005489 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005490
5491 // Handle small structures.
5492 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5493 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5494 // fail the size test above.
5495 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5496 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005497 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005498
5499 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5500 llvm::Type *PassTy;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005501 if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005502 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5503 if (Size == 32)
5504 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5505 else
5506 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5507 } else
5508 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5509 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5510 }
5511
5512 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5513 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005514 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005515
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005516 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005517}
5518
5519//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005520// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005521//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005522
5523namespace {
5524
5525class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5526public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005527 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5528 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005529 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005530 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005531};
5532
5533}
5534
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005535void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005536 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5537 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5538 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5539 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5540 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5541 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5542
5543 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5544 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5545
5546 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005547 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005548
5549 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005550 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005551 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5552 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005553 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005554 }
5555}
5556
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005557//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005558// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5559// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005560//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5561
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005562namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005563class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005564 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005565 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5566 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005567 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005568 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005569 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005570 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005571public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005572 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005573 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005574 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005575
5576 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005577 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005578 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5579 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5580 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005581 bool shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005582};
5583
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005584class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005585 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005586public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005587 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5588 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005589 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005590
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005591 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005592 return 29;
5593 }
5594
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005595 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005596 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005597 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5598 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005599 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005600 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5601 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5602 }
5603 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5604 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5605 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005606 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005607
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005608 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005609 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005610
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005611 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005612 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005613 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005614};
5615}
5616
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005617void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(
5618 uint64_t TySize, SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005619 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5620 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005621
5622 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5623 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5624 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5625
5626 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5627 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5628
5629 if (R)
5630 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005631}
5632
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005633// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5634// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005635llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005636 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5637
5638 if (IsO32) {
5639 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5640 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5641 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005642
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005643 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5644 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005645
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005646 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005647
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005648 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5649 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5650 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5651 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5652 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005653
5654 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5655 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005656 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005657
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005658 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5659 unsigned idx = 0;
5660 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5661
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005662 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5663 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005664 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5665 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005666 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005667 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5668
5669 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5670 continue;
5671
5672 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5673 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5674 continue;
5675
5676 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5677 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5678 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5679
5680 // Add double type.
5681 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5682 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5683 }
5684
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005685 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5686 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005687
5688 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5689}
5690
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005691llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5692 uint64_t Offset) const {
5693 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005694 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005695
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005696 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005697}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005698
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005699ABIArgInfo
5700MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Daniel Sanders998c9102015-01-14 12:00:12 +00005701 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
5702
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005703 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005704 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005705 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005706
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005707 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5708 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005709 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5710 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005711
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005712 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005713 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005714 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005715 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5716
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005717 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005718 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005719 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005720 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005721
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005722 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5723 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5724 // aggregate is unaligned.
Daniel Sandersaa1b3552014-10-24 15:30:16 +00005725 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5726 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5727 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5728 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5729 return ArgInfo;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005730 }
5731
5732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5734 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5735
Daniel Sanders5b445b32014-10-24 14:42:42 +00005736 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
5737 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005738 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5739
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005740 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005741 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005742}
5743
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005744llvm::Type*
5745MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005746 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005747 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005748
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005749 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005750 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005751 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5752 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005753
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005754 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5755 // following conditions are met:
5756 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5757 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5758 // point types.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005759 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005760 //
5761 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5762 //
5763 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5764 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5765 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005766 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005767
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005768 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5769 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005770
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005771 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005772 }
5773
5774 if (b == e)
5775 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5776 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5777
5778 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005779 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005780 }
5781
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005782 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005783 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5784}
5785
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005786ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005787 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5788
Daniel Sandersed39f582014-09-04 13:28:14 +00005789 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5790 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5791
5792 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5793 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5794 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005795 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5796
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005797 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005798 if (Size <= 128) {
5799 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5800 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5801
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005802 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
Daniel Sanders00a56ff2014-09-04 15:07:43 +00005803 // aggregates in registers.
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005804 if (!IsO32 ||
5805 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5806 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5807 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5808 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5809 return ArgInfo;
5810 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005811 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005812
5813 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5814 }
5815
5816 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5817 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5818 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5819
5820 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5821 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5822}
5823
5824void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005825 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005826 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5827 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005828
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005829 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005830 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005831
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005832 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5833 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005834}
5835
5836llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5837 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005838 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5839 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005840
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005841 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
5842 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005843 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005844 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5845 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
5846 CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
5847 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005848 Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
5849 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
5850 }
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005851
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005852 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5853 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5854 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Daniel Sanders8d36a612014-09-22 13:27:06 +00005855 int64_t TypeAlign =
5856 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005857 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5858 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005859 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5860
5861 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5862 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5863 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5864 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5865 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5866 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5867 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5868 }
5869 else
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005870 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005871
5872 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5873 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005874 unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5875 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005876 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5877 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5878 "ap.next");
5879 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005880
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005881 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005882}
5883
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005884bool MipsABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
5885 int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005886
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005887 // MIPS64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended.
5888 if (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32)
5889 return true;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005890
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005891 return false;
5892}
5893
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005894bool
5895MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5896 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5897 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5898 // as canonical as it gets.
5899
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005900 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5901 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005902 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005903
5904 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5905 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5906 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5907 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005908 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005909
5910 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5911 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5912
5913 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5914 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5915 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5916 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5917 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005918 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005919 return false;
5920}
5921
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005922//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5923// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005924// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005925// handling.
5926//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5927
5928namespace {
5929
5930class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5931public:
5932 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5933 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5934
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005935 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005936 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005937};
5938
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005939void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005940 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005941 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5942 if (!FD) return;
5943
5944 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005945
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005946 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005947 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5948 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005949 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005950 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5951 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005952 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5953 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005954 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5955 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata(
5956 "opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005957
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005958 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
5959 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005960
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005961 Operands.push_back(
5962 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5963 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
5964 Operands.push_back(
5965 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5966 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
5967 Operands.push_back(
5968 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5969 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005970
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005971 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint"
5972 // (false) for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later.
5973 // Currently always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005974 Operands.push_back(
5975 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005976 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5977 }
5978 }
5979 }
5980}
5981
5982}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005983
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005984//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5985// Hexagon ABI Implementation
5986//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5987
5988namespace {
5989
5990class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5991
5992
5993public:
5994 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5995
5996private:
5997
5998 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5999 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
6000
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006001 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006002
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006003 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6004 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006005};
6006
6007class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6008public:
6009 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6010 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6011
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006012 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006013 return 29;
6014 }
6015};
6016
6017}
6018
6019void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006020 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6021 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006022 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6023 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006024}
6025
6026ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
6027 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
6028 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6029 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6030 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6031
6032 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6033 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6034 }
6035
6036 // Ignore empty records.
6037 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
6038 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6039
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00006040 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00006041 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006042
6043 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6044 if (Size > 64)
6045 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6046 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6047 else if (Size > 32)
6048 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6049 else if (Size > 16)
6050 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6051 else if (Size > 8)
6052 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6053 else
6054 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6055}
6056
6057ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6058 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6059 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6060
6061 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6062 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
6063 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
6064
6065 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6066 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6067 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6068 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6069
6070 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6071 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6072 }
6073
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006074 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6075 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6076
6077 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6078 // are returned indirectly.
6079 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6080 if (Size <= 64) {
6081 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6082 if (Size <= 8)
6083 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6084 if (Size <= 16)
6085 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6086 if (Size <= 32)
6087 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6088 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6089 }
6090
6091 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6092}
6093
6094llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006095 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006096 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006097 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006098
6099 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6100 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
6101 "ap");
6102 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6103 llvm::Type *PTy =
6104 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
6105 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
6106
6107 uint64_t Offset =
6108 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
6109 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
6110 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
6111 "ap.next");
6112 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6113
6114 return AddrTyped;
6115}
6116
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006117//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6118// AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6119//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6120
6121namespace {
6122
6123class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6124public:
6125 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6126 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006127 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006128 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6129};
6130
6131}
6132
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006133void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006134 const Decl *D,
6135 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6136 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
6137 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
6138 if (!FD)
6139 return;
6140
6141 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6142 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6143 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6144 if (NumVGPR != 0)
6145 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6146 }
6147
6148 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6149 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6150 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6151 if (NumSGPR != 0)
6152 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6153 }
6154}
6155
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006156
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006157//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6158// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6159// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6160//
6161// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6162// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6163// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6164//
6165// One case requires special care:
6166//
6167// struct mixed {
6168// int i;
6169// float f;
6170// };
6171//
6172// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6173// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6174// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6175// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6176//
6177// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6178//
6179// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6180// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6181// bytes.
6182//
6183namespace {
6184class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6185public:
6186 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6187
6188private:
6189 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006190 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6191 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6192 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006193
6194 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6195 // serves two purposes:
6196 //
6197 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6198 // in registers.
6199 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6200 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6201 //
6202 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6203 // aligned 32-bit floats.
6204 //
6205 struct CoerceBuilder {
6206 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6207 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6208 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6209 uint64_t Size;
6210 bool InReg;
6211
6212 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6213 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6214
6215 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6216 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6217 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6218 if (ToSize == Size)
6219 return;
6220
6221 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6222 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6223 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6224 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6225 Size = Aligned;
6226 }
6227
6228 // Add whole 64-bit words.
6229 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6230 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6231 Size += 64;
6232 }
6233
6234 // Final in-word padding.
6235 if (Size < ToSize) {
6236 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6237 Size = ToSize;
6238 }
6239 }
6240
6241 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6242 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6243 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6244 if (Offset % Bits)
6245 return;
6246 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6247 if (Bits < 64)
6248 InReg = true;
6249 pad(Offset);
6250 Elems.push_back(Ty);
6251 Size = Offset + Bits;
6252 }
6253
6254 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6255 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6256 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6257 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6258 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6259 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6260 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6261 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6262 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6263 break;
6264 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6265 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6266 break;
6267 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6268 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6269 break;
6270 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6271 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6272 break;
6273 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6274 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6275 pad(ElemOffset);
6276 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6277 Size += 64;
6278 }
6279 break;
6280 default:
6281 break;
6282 }
6283 }
6284 }
6285
6286 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6287 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
Benjamin Kramer39ccabe2015-03-02 11:57:06 +00006288 return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements();
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006289 }
6290
6291 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6292 llvm::Type *getType() const {
6293 if (Elems.size() == 1)
6294 return Elems.front();
6295 else
6296 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6297 }
6298 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006299};
6300} // end anonymous namespace
6301
6302ABIArgInfo
6303SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6304 if (Ty->isVoidType())
6305 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6306
6307 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6308
6309 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6310 // pointer / sret pointer.
6311 if (Size > SizeLimit)
6312 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6313
6314 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6315 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6316 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6317
6318 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6319 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6320 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6321
6322 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6323 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6324 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6325
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006326 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6327 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6328 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6329 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6330
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006331 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006332 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6333 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6334 if (!StrTy)
6335 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6336
6337 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6338 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6339 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6340
6341 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6342 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6343
6344 if (CB.InReg)
6345 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6346 else
6347 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006348}
6349
6350llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6351 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006352 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6353 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6354 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6355 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6356
6357 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6358 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6359 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6360 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6361 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6362 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6363 unsigned Stride;
6364
6365 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6366 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006367 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006368 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6369
6370 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6371 Stride = 8;
6372 ArgAddr = Builder
6373 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6374 "extend");
6375 break;
6376
6377 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6378 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6379 ArgAddr = Addr;
6380 break;
6381
6382 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6383 Stride = 8;
6384 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6385 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6386 "indirect");
6387 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6388 break;
6389
6390 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6391 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6392 }
6393
6394 // Update VAList.
6395 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6396 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6397
6398 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006399}
6400
6401void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6402 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006403 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6404 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006405}
6406
6407namespace {
6408class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6409public:
6410 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6411 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006412
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006413 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006414 return 14;
6415 }
6416
6417 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006418 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006419};
6420} // end anonymous namespace
6421
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006422bool
6423SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6424 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6425 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6426 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6427
6428 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6429
6430 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6431 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6432 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6433
6434 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6435 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6436
6437 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6438 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6439
6440 // Y = 64
6441 // PSR = 65
6442 // WIM = 66
6443 // TBR = 67
6444 // PC = 68
6445 // NPC = 69
6446 // FSR = 70
6447 // CSR = 71
6448 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006449
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006450 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6451 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6452
6453 return false;
6454}
6455
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006456
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006457//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006458// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006459//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006460
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006461namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006462
6463/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6464/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6465typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6466
6467/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6468///
6469/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6470/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6471/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6472///
6473/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6474/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6475/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6476/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6477/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6478/// Recursive type encoding.
6479///
6480/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6481/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6482/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6483/// the type is encountered.
6484///
6485/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6486/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6487/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6488/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6489/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6490///
6491/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6492/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6493/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6494/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6495/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6496///
6497/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6498///
6499/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6500/// cached encoding is used;
6501///
6502/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6503/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6504///
6505/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6506/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6507///
6508/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6509/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6510/// it is swapped back in;
6511///
6512/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6513/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6514/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6515///
6516/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6517/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6518/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6519/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6520///
6521class TypeStringCache {
6522 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6523 struct Entry {
6524 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6525 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6526 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6527 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6528 };
6529 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6530 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6531 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6532public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00006533 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006534 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6535 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6536 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6537 bool IsRecursive);
6538 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6539};
6540
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006541/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006542/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6543class FieldEncoding {
6544 bool HasName;
6545 std::string Enc;
6546public:
6547 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6548 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6549 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6550 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6551 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6552 }
6553};
6554
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006555class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6556public:
6557 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006558 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6559 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006560};
6561
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006562class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006563 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006564public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006565 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006566 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006567 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6568 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006569};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006570
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006571} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006572
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006573llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6574 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006575 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006576
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006577 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006578 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6579 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6580 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006581
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006582 // Handle the argument.
6583 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6584 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6585 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6586 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006587 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006588 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00006589 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006590 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006591 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006592 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006593 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6594 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006595 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6596 ArgSize = 0;
6597 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006598 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6599 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006600 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6601 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6602 if (ArgSize < 4)
6603 ArgSize = 4;
6604 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006605 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6606 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6607 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6608 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006609 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6610 ArgSize = 4;
6611 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006612 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006613
6614 // Increment the VAList.
6615 if (ArgSize) {
6616 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6617 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6618 }
6619 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006620}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006621
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006622/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6623/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6624/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6625/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6626/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6627void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6628 std::string StubEnc) {
6629 if (!ID)
6630 return;
6631 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6632 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6633 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6634 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6635 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6636 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6637 E.State = Incomplete;
6638 ++IncompleteCount;
6639}
6640
6641/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6642/// must be removed from the cache.
6643/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6644/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6645bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6646 if (!ID)
6647 return false;
6648 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6649 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6650 Entry &E = I->second;
6651 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6652 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6653 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6654 bool IsRecursive = false;
6655 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6656 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6657 IsRecursive = true;
6658 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6659 }
6660 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6661 Map.erase(I);
6662 else {
6663 // Swap the Recursive back.
6664 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6665 E.Swapped.clear();
6666 E.State = Recursive;
6667 }
6668 --IncompleteCount;
6669 return IsRecursive;
6670}
6671
6672/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6673/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6674void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6675 bool IsRecursive) {
6676 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6677 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6678 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6679 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6680 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6681 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6682 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6683 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6684 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6685 return;
6686 }
6687 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6688 E.Str = Str.str();
6689 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6690}
6691
6692/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6693/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6694/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6695StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6696 if (!ID)
6697 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6698 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6699 if (I == Map.end())
6700 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6701 Entry &E = I->second;
6702 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6703 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6704
6705 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6706 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6707 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6708 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6709 }
6710 return E.Str.c_str();
6711}
6712
6713/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6714/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6715/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6716/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6717/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6718/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6719///
6720/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6721/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006722/// https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006723/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6724///
6725static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6726 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6727
6728/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6729void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6730 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6731 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6732 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6733 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006734 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
6735 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006736 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6737 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6738 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6739 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6740 }
6741}
6742
6743static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6744 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6745 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6746
6747/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006748/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration
6749/// order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006750static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6751 const RecordDecl *RD,
6752 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6753 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006754 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006755 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6756 Enc += "m(";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006757 Enc += Field->getName();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006758 Enc += "){";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006759 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006760 Enc += "b(";
6761 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6762 OS.resync();
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006763 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006764 OS.flush();
6765 Enc += ':';
6766 }
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006767 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006768 return false;
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006769 if (Field->isBitField())
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006770 Enc += ')';
6771 Enc += '}';
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00006772 FE.emplace_back(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006773 }
6774 return true;
6775}
6776
6777/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6778/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6779/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6780static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6781 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6782 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6783 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6784 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6785 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6786 Enc += TypeString;
6787 return true;
6788 }
6789
6790 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6791 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6792 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6793 Enc += '(';
6794 if (ID)
6795 Enc += ID->getName();
6796 Enc += "){";
6797
6798 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6799 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006800 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6801 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6802 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6803 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6804 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006805 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006806 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6807 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6808 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6809 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6810 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6811 return false;
6812 }
6813 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6814 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6815 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6816 if (RT->isUnionType())
6817 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006818 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6819 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006820 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6821 if (I)
6822 Enc += ',';
6823 Enc += FE[I].str();
6824 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006825 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006826 Enc += '}';
6827 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6828 return true;
6829}
6830
6831/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6832static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6833 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6834 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6835 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6836 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6837 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6838 Enc += TypeString;
6839 return true;
6840 }
6841
6842 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6843 Enc += "e(";
6844 if (ID)
6845 Enc += ID->getName();
6846 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006847
6848 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006849 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006850 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6851 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6852 ++I) {
6853 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6854 EnumEnc += "m(";
6855 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6856 EnumEnc += "){";
6857 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6858 EnumEnc += '}';
6859 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6860 }
6861 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6862 unsigned E = FE.size();
6863 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6864 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006865 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006866 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006867 }
6868 }
6869 Enc += '}';
6870 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6871 return true;
6872}
6873
6874/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6875/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6876static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6877 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6878 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6879 int Lookup = 0;
6880 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6881 Lookup += 1<<0;
6882 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6883 Lookup += 1<<1;
6884 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6885 Lookup += 1<<2;
6886 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6887}
6888
6889/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6890static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6891 const char *EncType;
6892 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6893 case BuiltinType::Void:
6894 EncType = "0";
6895 break;
6896 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6897 EncType = "b";
6898 break;
6899 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6900 EncType = "uc";
6901 break;
6902 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6903 EncType = "uc";
6904 break;
6905 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6906 EncType = "sc";
6907 break;
6908 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6909 EncType = "us";
6910 break;
6911 case BuiltinType::Short:
6912 EncType = "ss";
6913 break;
6914 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6915 EncType = "ui";
6916 break;
6917 case BuiltinType::Int:
6918 EncType = "si";
6919 break;
6920 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6921 EncType = "ul";
6922 break;
6923 case BuiltinType::Long:
6924 EncType = "sl";
6925 break;
6926 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6927 EncType = "ull";
6928 break;
6929 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6930 EncType = "sll";
6931 break;
6932 case BuiltinType::Float:
6933 EncType = "ft";
6934 break;
6935 case BuiltinType::Double:
6936 EncType = "d";
6937 break;
6938 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6939 EncType = "ld";
6940 break;
6941 default:
6942 return false;
6943 }
6944 Enc += EncType;
6945 return true;
6946}
6947
6948/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6949static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6950 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6951 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6952 Enc += "p(";
6953 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6954 return false;
6955 Enc += ')';
6956 return true;
6957}
6958
6959/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006960static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6961 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006962 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6963 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6964 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6965 return false;
6966 Enc += "a(";
6967 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6968 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6969 else
6970 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6971 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006972 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6973 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006974 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6975 return false;
6976 Enc += ')';
6977 return true;
6978}
6979
6980/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6981/// and the arguments.
6982static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6983 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6984 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6985 Enc += "f{";
6986 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6987 return false;
6988 Enc += "}(";
6989 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6990 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6991 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6992 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6993 if (I != E) {
6994 do {
6995 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6996 return false;
6997 ++I;
6998 if (I != E)
6999 Enc += ',';
7000 } while (I != E);
7001 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7002 Enc += ",va";
7003 } else {
7004 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7005 Enc += "va";
7006 else
7007 Enc += '0';
7008 }
7009 }
7010 Enc += ')';
7011 return true;
7012}
7013
7014/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
7015/// type encodings.
7016static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7017 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7018 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7019
7020 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
7021
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007022 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
7023 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7024 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7025 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
7026
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007027 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7028
7029 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
7030 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
7031
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007032 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
7033 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
7034
7035 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
7036 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7037
7038 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
7039 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7040
7041 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
7042 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7043
7044 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
7045 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7046
7047 return false;
7048}
7049
7050static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7051 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7052 if (!D)
7053 return false;
7054
7055 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7056 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7057 return false;
7058 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7059 }
7060
7061 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7062 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7063 return false;
7064 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7065 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7066 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007067 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7068 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7069 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007070 }
7071 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7072 }
7073 return false;
7074}
7075
7076
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007077//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7078// Driver code
7079//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7080
Rafael Espindola9f834732014-09-19 01:54:22 +00007081const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7082 return getTarget().getTriple();
7083}
7084
7085bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7086 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7087}
7088
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007089const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007090 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7091 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007092
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007093 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00007094 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007095 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007096 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007097
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00007098 case llvm::Triple::le32:
7099 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00007100 case llvm::Triple::mips:
7101 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007102 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7103
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00007104 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7105 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007106 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7107
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00007108 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00007109 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007110 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007111 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007112 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007113
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007114 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007115 }
7116
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007117 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007118 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007119 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007120 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007121 {
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00007122 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7123 TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7124 new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP);
7125 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7126 }
7127
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007128 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007129 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007130 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00007131 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007132 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7133 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007134 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7135
Derek Schuff71658bd2015-01-29 00:47:04 +00007136 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007137 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007138
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007139 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007140 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00007141 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007142 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007143 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007144 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7145 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007146 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007147
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007148 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007149 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007150 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00007151 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007152 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00007153 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007154 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007155 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx")
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007156 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007157 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007158
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007159 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007160 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007161 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007162
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00007163 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7164 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00007165 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00007166
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007167 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007168 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007169
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00007170 case llvm::Triple::systemz: {
7171 bool HasVector = getTarget().getABI() == "vector";
7172 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7173 HasVector));
7174 }
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00007175
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00007176 case llvm::Triple::tce:
7177 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7178
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007179 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007180 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
7181 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
7182 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasoolec5c6242014-11-23 02:16:24 +00007183 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00007184
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007185 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007186 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
7187 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7188 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007189 } else {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007190 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
7191 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7192 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007193 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007194 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007195
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007196 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007197 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7198 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00007199 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00007200 case llvm::Triple::PS4:
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00007201 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007202 default:
Ahmed Bougacha1fca2ed2015-05-22 02:25:58 +00007203 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007204 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007205 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00007206 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7207 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00007208 case llvm::Triple::r600:
7209 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Tom Stellardd8e38a32015-01-06 20:34:47 +00007210 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7211 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00007212 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7213 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007214 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00007215 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007216 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007217}